{"title":"Drilling and milling","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"dispositivo-di-filettatura-metrico-hobby-250","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool Hobby 250 metric threading device","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 250 Metric Threading Device is a professional machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Hobby 250 Metric Threading Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItalian language support available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Hobby 250 Metric Threading Device and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the Hobby 250 Metric Threading Device as an original accessory to extend functionality or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 250 Metric Threading Device is part of Bernardo's range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Italian customer support is available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Hobby 250 Metric Threading Device for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal accessory to extend the functionality of the indicated machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshops with specific setup requirements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComponent for specific machining or increased precision\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility with machines from other brands or models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo be evaluated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck machine model and specifications before purchase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications outside the technical specifications declared by the manufacturer. For doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714799210824,"sku":"03-1520","price":38.47,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Dispositivo-di-filettatura-metrico-Hobby-250-extra-big-3696-847.jpg?v=1750275642"},{"product_id":"dispositivo-di-filettatura-pollici-per-hobby-250-proficenter-250","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool Inch Threading Device for Hobby 250 \/ Proficenter 250","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Imperial Threading Device for Hobby 250 \/ Proficenter 250 is a professional machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Imperial Threading Device for Hobby 250 \/ Proficenter 250\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShips from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssistance available in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Imperial Threading Device for Hobby 250 \/ Proficenter 250 and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the Imperial Threading Device for Hobby 250 \/ Proficenter 250 as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Imperial Threading Device for Hobby 250 \/ Proficenter 250 is part of the Bernardo machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Imperial Threading Device for Hobby 250 \/ Proficenter 250 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComponent for special machining or increased precision\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo be evaluated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck machine model and specifications before purchasing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications that exceed the technical specifications declared by the manufacturer. For doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the delivery time?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, lead times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be self-assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714800128328,"sku":"03-1521","price":38.47,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Dispositivo-di-filettatura-pollici-per-Hobby-250-Proficenter-250-extra-big-3709-187.jpg?v=1750275663"},{"product_id":"foratura-testa-42-11-per-cerniera-tipo-erba-con-montaggio-mediante-trapano","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool Drilling head 42\/11 for Grass-type hinges with drill chuck","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo drilling head 42\/11 for Grass-type hinges with drill chuck is a machine tool accessory for professional use available on Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of spindles: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHole spacing: Standard 42 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain hole diameter: 11 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Drills and drilling machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Precision steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Austria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 42\/11 drilling head for Grass-type hinges with drill chuck and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the 42\/11 drilling head for Grass-type hinges with drill chuck as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 42\/11 drilling head for Grass-type hinges with drill chuck fits into the range of Bernardo machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 42\/11 drilling head for Grass-type hinges with drill chuck for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 42\/11 drilling head for Grass-type hinges with drill chuck is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of spindles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHole spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard 42 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain hole diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrills and drilling machines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Please check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibration, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714880541000,"sku":"14-1109","price":425.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Testa_di_foratura_42_11_per_cerniere_tipo_Grass_con_pinza_per_trapani.jpg?v=1762352025"},{"product_id":"fresa-di-spianatura-160-x-17-x-30-mm","title":"Bernardo machine tool accessory panel head 160 x 17 x 30 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo cutter head for panels 160 x 17 x 30 mm is a professional-use machine tool accessory available from Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting height: 17 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBore (spindle): 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlades: Carbide (HW)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody material: Balanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Austria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 160 x 17 x 30 mm cutter head and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the 160 x 17 x 30 mm cutter head as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo cutter head for panels 160 x 17 x 30 mm fits into Bernardo's range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 160 x 17 x 30 mm cutter head for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 160 x 17 x 30 mm cutter head is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special processing or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBore (spindle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbide (HW)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714882146632,"sku":"16-2260","price":240.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_testa_per_pannelli_160_x_17_x_30_mm_per_cornici_e_profili.jpg?v=1762773819"},{"product_id":"fresa-girevole-120-x-40-x-30-mm-z2-2x45","title":"Bernardo Machine Tool Accessory - Adjustable Bevel Head 120 x 40 x 30 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo adjustable chamfer head 120 x 40 x 30 mm is a machine tool accessory for professional use available on Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting height: 40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBore (spindle): 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of cutting edges: 2 (Z2)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting angle: Adjustable up to 2 x 45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnives: Carbide (HW)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 120 x 40 x 30 mm adjustable chamfer head and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine install the 120 x 40 x 30 mm adjustable chamfer head as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo adjustable chamfer head 120 x 40 x 30 mm is part of the Bernardo machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the machine suitable for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 120 x 40 x 30 mm adjustable chamfer head for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 120 x 40 x 30 mm adjustable chamfer head is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBore (spindle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of cutting edges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 (Z2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable up to 2 x 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbide (HW)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in the catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories may compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, lead times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty requests, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714882474312,"sku":"16-2250","price":210.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_testa_regolabile_a_smusso_120_x_40_x_30_mm_Z2_2_x_45.jpg?v=1762773460"},{"product_id":"fresa-girevole-150-x-50-x-30-mm-z4-v4","title":"Bernardo machine tool accessory stop head 150 x 50 x 30 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo face milling cutter 150 x 50 x 30 mm is a professional machine tool accessory available on Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting height: 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBore (spindle): 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of cutting edges: Z4 \/ V4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnives: Reversible carbide (HW)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody material: Balanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 150 x 50 x 30 mm face milling cutter and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the 150 x 50 x 30 mm face milling cutter as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 150 x 50 x 30 mm face milling cutter is part of Bernardo's range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer service in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 150 x 50 x 30 mm face milling cutter for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 150 x 50 x 30 mm face milling cutter is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special processing or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBore (spindle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of cutting edges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ4 \/ V4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReversible carbide (HW)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer service providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, lead times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be self-assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibration, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714883096904,"sku":"16-2221","price":178.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_testa_per_battuta_150_x_50_x_30_mm_Z4_V4.jpg?v=1762773190"},{"product_id":"fresa-per-incollaggio-a-punta-120-x-50-x-30-mm-z2","title":"Bernardo Machine Tool Accessory Dovetail Slot Head 120 x 50 x 30 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo dovetail joint head 120 x 50 x 30 mm is a professional-use machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting height: 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBore (spindle): 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of cutting edges: 2 (Z2)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnives: Carbide (HW)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody material: Balanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 120 x 50 x 30 mm dovetail joint head and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the 120 x 50 x 30 mm dovetail joint head as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo dovetail joint head 120 x 50 x 30 mm is part of the Bernardo machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 120 x 50 x 30 mm dovetail joint head for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 120 x 50 x 30 mm dovetail joint head is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special machining or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBore (spindle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of cutting edges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 (Z2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbide (HW)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the title or description for the indicated machine model. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf in doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, sourcing times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714883817800,"sku":"16-2215","price":225.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_testa_a_incastro_a_coda_di_rondine_120_x_50_x_30_mm_Z2.jpg?v=1762772923"},{"product_id":"fresa-per-incollaggio-trapezoidale-130-x-60-x-30-mm","title":"Bernardo finger joint milling head for machine tools 130 x 60 x 30 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo finger joint cutter head 130 x 60 x 30 mm is a professional-use machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 130 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting height: 60 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBore (spindle): 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of cutting edges: 2 (Z2)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnives: Carbide (HW)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody material: Balanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 130 x 60 x 30 mm finger joint cutter head and for what purpose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the 130 x 60 x 30 mm finger joint cutter head as an original accessory to extend its functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo finger joint cutter head 130 x 60 x 30 mm is part of the Bernardo machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels. To choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 130 x 60 x 30 mm finger joint cutter head for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 130 x 60 x 30 mm finger joint cutter head is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchasing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBore (spindle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of cutting edges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 (Z2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbide (HW)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use components certified by the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, lead times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be installed independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714885685576,"sku":"16-2210","price":275.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_testa_a_giunzione_a_dita_130_x_60_x_30_mm_Z2.jpg?v=1762772202"},{"product_id":"indicizzabili-set-strumento-per-tornitura-in-metallo-duro-12-mm-5-pz","title":"Bernardo Indexable Carbide Metal Lathe Turning Tool Set, 12 mm, 5 pcs.","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo Indexable carbide turning tool set, 12 mm, 5 pcs. is a professional cutting tool available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Indexable carbide turning tool set, 12 mm, 5 pcs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShips from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Indexable carbide turning tool set, 12 mm, 5 pcs. and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories use the Indexable carbide turning tool set, 12 mm, 5 pcs. for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Indexable carbide turning tool set, 12 mm, 5 pcs. is part of the Bernardo range of cutting tools, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Italian customer support available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Indexable carbide turning tool set, 12 mm, 5 pcs. for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Indexable carbide turning tool set, 12 mm, 5 pcs. is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: original spare part or tool for the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-spec materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machinable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product title for the machine model or the indicated size\/attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit only supplies original tools for the machines in its catalog. If in doubt about compatibility, contact customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can it work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepends on the tool's geometry and material (HSS, HM, diamond, CBN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS tools are suitable for unhardened steels and light alloys. HM and CBN for hard steels and alloyed alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry environment, protected from impacts and oxidation. Do not stack sharp tools without protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood storage extends the life of tools. Krollit often provides original protective boxes from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original tools from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original tools can compromise machining quality and operator safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor multiple quantity orders, times may vary. Check availability before urgent orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714917405000,"sku":"44-2021","price":81.73,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Indicizzabili-set-strumento-per-tornitura-in-metallo-duro-12-mm-extra-big-2200-894.jpg?v=1750278394"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m10-44-10304","title":"Bernardo Cutting Tool HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M10","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M10 is a professional-grade cutting tool available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M10 and for what purpose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories use the HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M10 for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M10 is part of Bernardo's range of cutting tools, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M10 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSSE cobalt tapping insert M10 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: original spare part or tool for the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-specification materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machinable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model or the indicated size\/attachment in the product title.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit only supplies original tools for the machines in the catalog. If in doubt about compatibility, contact customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can it work with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the geometry and material of the tool (HSS, HM, diamond, CBN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS tools are suitable for unhardened steels and light alloys. HM and CBN for hard steels and alloyed alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry environment, protected from bumps and oxidation. Do not stack sharp tools without protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood storage extends the life of tools. Krollit often provides original protective boxes from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original tools from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original tools can compromise the quality of machining and operator safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor multiple quantity orders, times may vary. Check availability before urgent orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714919141704,"sku":"44-10304","price":17.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M10-44-10304-extra-big-16122.jpg?v=1750278440"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m12-44-10305","title":"Bernardo Cutting Tool Tap M12 HSSE-Cobalt","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo M12 HSSE-Cobalt tapping tool is a professional cutting tool available from Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool type: Cylindrical tapping tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThread size: M12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard: ISO metric thread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkable materials: Steel, stainless steel, metal alloys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: HSSE-Cobalt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision: Professional machining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the M12 HSSE-Cobalt Tapping Tool and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool shops use the M12 HSSE-Cobalt tapping tool for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo M12 HSSE-Cobalt tapping tool is part of the Bernardo cutting tool range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the M12 HSSE-Cobalt Tapping Tool is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe M12 HSSE-Cobalt tapping tool is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: replacement part or original tool for the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials out of specification\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify workable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylindrical tapping tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO metric thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, stainless steel, metal alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSSE-Cobalt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product title for the machine model or the indicated size\/attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit only supplies original tools for the machines in its catalog. If in doubt about compatibility, please contact customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can it work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis depends on the geometry and material of the tool (HSS, HM, diamond, CBN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS tools are suitable for unhardened steels and light alloys. HM and CBN are for hard steels and alloyed metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry environment, protected from impacts and oxidation. Do not stack sharp tools without protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProper storage extends the life of tools. Krollit often provides original protective boxes from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original tools from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original tools can compromise the quality of workmanship and operator safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor multi-quantity orders, delivery times may vary. Check availability before urgent orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714919600456,"sku":"44-10305","price":16.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Utensile_maschiatore_M12_HSSE-Cobalto_per_acciaio_inox_e_metalli_duri.jpg?v=1772706274"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m14-44-10306","title":"Bernardo Cutting Tool HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M14","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HSSE M14 Cobalt Tapping Insert is a professional cutting tool available from Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: HSSE M14 Cobalt Tapping Insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HSSE M14 Cobalt Tapping Insert and for what purpose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories use the HSSE M14 Cobalt Tapping Insert for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HSSE M14 Cobalt Tapping Insert is part of Bernardo's range of cutting tools, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HSSE M14 Cobalt Tapping Insert for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSSE M14 cobalt tapping insert is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: replacement part or original tool for the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-specification materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machinable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product title for the machine model or the indicated size\/attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit only supplies original tools for the machines in its catalog. If in doubt about compatibility, please contact customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can it work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the tool's geometry and material (HSS, HM, diamond, CBN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS tools are suitable for unhardened steels and light alloys. HM and CBN are for hard steels and alloyed alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry environment, protected from impacts and oxidation. Do not stack sharp tools without protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProper storage extends tool life. Krollit often provides original protective boxes from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original tools from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original tools can compromise the quality of the work and the safety of the operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor multi-quantity orders, delivery times may vary. Please check availability before urgent orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714920419656,"sku":"44-10306","price":21.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M14-44-10306-extra-big-16124.jpg?v=1750278482"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m16-44-10307","title":"Bernardo Cutting Tool HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M16","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo M16 HSSE Cobalt Threading Insert is a professional cutting tool available on Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: M16 HSSE Cobalt Threading Insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the M16 HSSE Cobalt Threading Insert and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories use the M16 HSSE Cobalt Threading Insert for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo M16 HSSE Cobalt Threading Insert is part of the Bernardo cutting tools range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation and compatibility checks with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the M16 HSSE Cobalt Threading Insert is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe M16 HSSE cobalt threading insert is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: original replacement part or tool for the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-specification materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify workable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product title for the machine model or the indicated size\/attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit only provides original tools for the machines in its catalog. If you have doubts about compatibility, please contact customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can it work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the tool's geometry and material (HSS, HM, diamond, CBN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS tools are suitable for unhardened steels and light alloys. HM and CBN for hard steels and alloyed metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry environment, protected from impacts and oxidation. Do not stack sharp tools without protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProper storage prolongs the life of tools. Krollit often provides original protective boxes from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original tools from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original tools can compromise the quality of workmanship and operator safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor multiple quantity orders, lead times may vary. Check availability before urgent orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714921468232,"sku":"44-10307","price":23.91,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M16-44-10307-extra-big-16125.jpg?v=1750278503"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m18-44-10308","title":"Bernardo HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M18","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HSSE M18 Cobalt Threading Insert is a professional cutting tool available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: HSSE M18 Cobalt Threading Insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HSSE M18 Cobalt Threading Insert and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories use the HSSE M18 Cobalt Threading Insert for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HSSE M18 Cobalt Threading Insert is part of Bernardo's range of cutting tools, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HSSE M18 Cobalt Threading Insert for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSSE M18 cobalt threading insert is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: original spare part or tool for the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-specification materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machinable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product title for the machine model or the indicated size\/attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit only supplies original tools for the machines in its catalog. If in doubt about compatibility, please contact customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can it work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the geometry and material of the tool (HSS, HM, diamond, CBN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS tools are suitable for unhardened steels and light alloys. HM and CBN for hard steels and alloyed alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry environment, protected from impact and oxidation. Do not stack sharp tools without protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProper storage prolongs tool life. Krollit often provides original protective boxes from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original tools from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original tools can compromise the quality of workmanship and operator safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor multi-quantity orders, times may vary. Check availability before urgent orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714921795912,"sku":"44-10308","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M18-44-10308-extra-big-16126.jpg?v=1750278524"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m20-44-10309","title":"Bernardo Cutting Tool Cobalt HSSE Tapping Insert M20","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo Cobalt HSSE M20 tapping insert is a cutting tool for professional use available on Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Cobalt HSSE M20 tapping insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Cobalt HSSE M20 tapping insert and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories use the Cobalt HSSE M20 tapping insert for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Cobalt HSSE M20 tapping insert is part of the Bernardo cutting tool range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance in selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Cobalt HSSE M20 tapping insert for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cobalt HSSE M20 tapping insert is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: replacement part or original tool for the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-spec materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify workable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product title for the machine model or the indicated size\/attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit only supplies original tools for the machines in its catalog. If in doubt about compatibility, please contact customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can it work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepends on the tool's geometry and material (HSS, HM, diamond, CBN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS tools are suitable for unhardened steels and light alloys. HM and CBN for hard steels and alloyed metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry environment, protected from bumps and oxidation. Do not stack sharp tools without protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood storage extends tool life. Krollit often provides original protective boxes from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original tools from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original tools can compromise the quality of workmanship and operator safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor multiple quantity orders, times may vary. Verify availability before urgent orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714921828680,"sku":"44-10309","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M20-44-10309-extra-big-16127.jpg?v=1750278545"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m22-44-1031","title":"Bernardo Cutting Tool HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M22","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo HSSE M22 Cobalt Threading Insert is a professional cutting tool available at Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: HSSE M22 Cobalt Threading Insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HSSE M22 Cobalt Threading Insert and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories use the HSSE M22 Cobalt Threading Insert for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HSSE M22 Cobalt Threading Insert is part of Bernardo's range of cutting tools, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HSSE M22 Cobalt Threading Insert for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSSE M22 cobalt threading insert is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: original spare part or tool for the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-specification materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machinable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product title for the machine model or the size\/fitting indicated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit only supplies original tools for the machines in its catalog. If in doubt about compatibility, please contact customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can it work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the geometry and material of the tool (HSS, HM, diamond, CBN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS tools are suitable for unhardened steels and light alloys. HM and CBN for hard steels and alloyed alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is it stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry environment, protected from bumps and oxidation. Do not stack sharp tools without protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood storage extends the life of tools. Krollit often provides original protective boxes from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original tools from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original tools can compromise the quality of workmanship and operator safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor multi-quantity orders, delivery times may vary. Check availability before urgent orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714922287432,"sku":"44-1031","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M22-44-1031-extra-big-16128.jpg?v=1750278566"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m24-44-10310","title":"Bernardo Cutting Tool HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M24","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo Cobalt HSSE M24 Tapping Insert is a professional cutting tool available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Cobalt HSSE M24 Tapping Insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Cobalt HSSE M24 Tapping Insert and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories use the Cobalt HSSE M24 Tapping Insert for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Cobalt HSSE M24 Tapping Insert is part of the Bernardo cutting tool range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Cobalt HSSE M24 Tapping Insert for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cobalt HSSE M24 tapping insert is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: replacement part or original tool for the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-spec materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machinable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product title for the machine model or the indicated size\/fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit only supplies original tools for the machines in its catalog. If in doubt about compatibility, please contact customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can it work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the geometry and material of the tool (HSS, HM, diamond, CBN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS tools are suitable for unhardened steels and light alloys. HM and CBN for hard steels and alloyed alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry environment, protected from impact and oxidation. Do not stack sharpened tools without protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood storage extends tool life. Krollit often provides original protective boxes from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original tools from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original tools can compromise the quality of work and operator safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the delivery time?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor multiple quantity orders, delivery times may vary. Please check availability before urgent orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714922680648,"sku":"44-10310","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M24-44-10310-extra-big-16129.jpg?v=1750278590"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m27-44-10311","title":"Bernardo Cutting Tool HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M27","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HSSE M27 Cobalt Tapping Insert is a professional cutting tool available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: HSSE M27 Cobalt Tapping Insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HSSE M27 Cobalt Tapping Insert and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool labs use the HSSE M27 Cobalt Tapping Insert for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HSSE M27 Cobalt Tapping Insert is part of Bernardo's range of cutting tools, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HSSE M27 Cobalt Tapping Insert for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSSE M27 cobalt tapping insert is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool labs\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: replacement or original tool for the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-spec materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machinable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product title for the machine model or the indicated size\/attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit only supplies original tools for the machines in its catalog. If in doubt about compatibility, please contact customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can it work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the geometry and material of the tool (HSS, HM, diamond, CBN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS tools are suitable for unhardened steels and light alloys. HM and CBN for hard steels and alloy steels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry environment, protected from impacts and oxidation. Do not stack sharp tools without protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProper storage extends the life of tools. Krollit often provides original protective boxes from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original tools from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original tools can compromise the quality of workmanship and operator safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor orders of multiple quantities, times may vary. Verify availability before urgent orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714922746184,"sku":"44-10311","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M27-44-10311-extra-big-16130.jpg?v=1750278610"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m3-44-1030","title":"HSSE M3 Cobalt Tapping Insert","description":"\u003cp\u003eCobalt HSSE Tapping Insert M3 — for threading on steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. Made in Austria, in the Krollit catalog since 2007 as an official Bernardo distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTap Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e M3 (Ø 3 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric Thread Pitch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSSE (High-Speed Steel with Cobalt)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo TM and STG series tapping machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkable Materials and Limitations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild Steel S235\/S275\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard speed, no issues\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel AISI 304\/316\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduce speed by 50%, abundant cutting fluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum and Alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum speed, specific oil for aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast Iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry cutting or with compressed air\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteels over 1,000 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequire specific carbide inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric Thread Pitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSSE (High-Speed Steel Cobalt)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax Material Strength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is an HSSE insert and how does it differ from standard HSS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSSE (High Speed Steel with Cobalt) is high-speed steel with added cobalt (5–8%). Cobalt increases hot hardness and wear resistance: HSSE inserts better withstand the temperatures generated by tapping tough materials like AISI 304 stainless steel, chrome-molybdenum steels, and hard cast irons. On mild steel and aluminum, the difference compared to standard HSS is minimal; on stainless steel and hard materials, the lifespan can be 3–5 times longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this insert compatible with my Bernardo tapping machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo HSSE inserts are compatible with TM and STG series tapping machines. Verify your machine's spindle connection (GT 12 or GT 24) before purchasing. For compatibility confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support is available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the correct speed for tapping with an HSSE insert?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn mild steel S235: 10–15 m\/min. On stainless steel AISI 304: 3–6 m\/min with abundant cutting fluid. On aluminum: 15–25 m\/min. Peripheral speed is calculated: n (rpm) = (v × 1000) \/ (π × d). Always use cutting fluid — HSSE inserts are heat-resistant but wear faster without lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support is available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714923336008,"sku":"44-1030","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M3-44-1030-extra-big-16323-873.jpg?v=1750278632"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m30-44-10312","title":"HSSE M30 Cobalt Tapping Insert","description":"\u003cp\u003eHSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M30 — for threading steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit — official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTap Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e M30 (Ø 30 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric Thread Pitch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSSE (high-speed steel with cobalt)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo TM and STG series tapping machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkable Materials and Limitations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild Steel S235\/S275\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard speed, no issues\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel AISI 304\/316\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduce speed by 50%, abundant cutting fluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum and Alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum speed, specific aluminum oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast Iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry cutting or with compressed air\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteels over 1,000 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequire specific carbide inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric Thread Pitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSSE (high-speed steel cobalt)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. Material Strength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is an HSSE insert and how does it differ from standard HSS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSSE (High Speed Steel with Cobalt) is high-speed steel with added cobalt (5–8%). Cobalt increases hot hardness and wear resistance: HSSE inserts better withstand the temperatures generated by tapping tough materials such as AISI 304 stainless steel, chrome-molybdenum steels, and hard cast irons. On mild steel and aluminum, the difference compared to standard HSS is minimal; on stainless steel and hard materials, the tool life can be 3–5 times longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this insert compatible with my Bernardo tapping machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo HSSE inserts are compatible with TM and STG series tapping machines. Verify your machine's spindle taper (GT 12 or GT 24) before purchasing. For compatibility confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the correct speed for tapping with an HSSE insert?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn mild steel S235: 10–15 m\/min. On stainless steel AISI 304: 3–6 m\/min with abundant cutting fluid. On aluminum: 15–25 m\/min. Peripheral speed is calculated as: n (rpm) = (v × 1000) \/ (π × d). Always use cutting fluid — HSSE inserts resist heat but wear out more quickly without lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714923434312,"sku":"44-10312","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M30-44-10312-extra-big-16132.jpg?v=1750278653"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m36-44-10314","title":"HSSE M36 Cobalt Tapping Insert","description":"\u003cp\u003eHSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M36 — for threading on steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. Austrian-made, available from Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTap Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e M36 (Ø 36 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric Thread Pitch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSSE (High-speed steel with cobalt)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo TM and STG series threading machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMachinable Materials and Limitations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel S235\/S275\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard speed, no problems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel AISI 304\/316\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduce speed by 50%, abundant coolant\/lubricant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum and alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum speed, specific oil for aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry cutting or with compressed air\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteels over 1,000 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequire specific carbide inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric Thread Pitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSSE (High-speed cobalt steel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. Material Strength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is an HSSE insert and how does it differ from standard HSS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSSE (High Speed Steel with Cobalt) is high-speed steel with added cobalt (5–8%). Cobalt increases hot hardness and wear resistance: HSSE inserts better withstand the temperatures generated by tapping on tough materials like AISI 304 stainless steel, chrome-molybdenum steels, and hard cast irons. On mild steel and aluminum, the difference compared to standard HSS is minimal; on stainless steel and hard materials, tool life can be 3–5 times longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this insert compatible with my Bernardo threading machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo HSSE inserts are compatible with TM and STG series threading machines. Check your machine's spindle attachment (GT 12 or GT 24) before purchasing. For compatibility confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the correct speed for tapping with an HSSE insert?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn mild steel S235: 10–15 m\/min. On stainless steel AISI 304: 3–6 m\/min with abundant coolant\/lubricant. On aluminum: 15–25 m\/min. Peripheral speed is calculated: n (rpm) = (v × 1000) \/ (π × d). Always use coolant\/lubricant — HSSE inserts resist heat but wear out more quickly without lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714923696456,"sku":"44-10314","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M36-44-10314-extra-big-16329.jpg?v=1750278676"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m4-44-10300","title":"HSSE M4 Cobalt Tapping Insert","description":"\u003cp\u003eCobalt HSSE Tapping Insert M4 — for threading steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. Manufactured in Austria by Bernardo; Krollit has been an official distributor in Italy since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTap diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e M4 (Ø 4 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric thread pitch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.7 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSSE (high-speed steel with cobalt)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo TM and STG series tapping machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkable materials and limits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel S235\/S275\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard speed, no problems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel AISI 304\/316\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduce speed by 50%, abundant coolant\/lubricant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum and alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum speed, specific oil for aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry cutting or with compressed air\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteels over 1,000 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequire specific carbide inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric thread pitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSSE (high-speed cobalt steel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. material strength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is an HSSE insert and how does it differ from standard HSS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSSE (High Speed Steel with Cobalt) is high-speed steel with added cobalt (5–8%). Cobalt increases hot hardness and wear resistance: HSSE inserts better withstand the temperatures generated by tapping tough materials such as AISI 304 stainless steel, chromium-molybdenum steels, and hard cast irons. On mild steel and aluminum, the difference compared to standard HSS is minimal; on stainless steel and hard materials, the lifespan can be 3–5 times longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this insert compatible with my Bernardo tapping machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo HSSE inserts are compatible with TM and STG series tapping machines. Check your machine's spindle connection (GT 12 or GT 24) before purchasing. For compatibility confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the correct speed for tapping with an HSSE insert?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn mild steel S235: 10–15 m\/min. On AISI 304 stainless steel: 3–6 m\/min with abundant coolant\/lubricant. On aluminum: 15–25 m\/min. Peripheral speed is calculated: n (rpm) = (v × 1000) \/ (π × d). Always use coolant\/lubricant — HSSE inserts resist heat but wear faster without lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714926842184,"sku":"44-10300","price":9.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M4-44-10300-extra-big-16326-621.jpg?v=1750278696"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m5-44-10301","title":"HSSE M5 Cobalt Tapping Insert","description":"\u003cp\u003eHSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M5 — for threading on steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. Bernardo Austrian production. Krollit has been an official distributor in Italy since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTap diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e M5 (Ø 5 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric thread pitch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSSE (high-speed steel with cobalt)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo TM and STG series threading machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkable Materials and Limitations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel S235\/S275\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard speed, no problems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel AISI 304\/316\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduce speed by 50%, abundant cutting fluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum and alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum speed, specific aluminum oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry cutting or with compressed air\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteels over 1,000 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequire specific carbide inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric thread pitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSSE (cobalt high-speed steel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. material resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is an HSSE insert and how does it differ from standard HSS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSSE (High Speed Steel with Cobalt) is high-speed steel with added cobalt (5–8%). Cobalt increases hot hardness and wear resistance: HSSE inserts better withstand the temperatures generated by tapping tough materials such as AISI 304 stainless steel, chrome-molybdenum steels, and hard cast irons. On mild steel and aluminum, the difference compared to standard HSS is minimal; on stainless steel and hard materials, the lifespan can be 3–5 times longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this insert compatible with my Bernardo threading machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo HSSE inserts are compatible with TM and STG series threading machines. Check your machine's spindle attachment (GT 12 or GT 24) before purchasing. For compatibility confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the correct speed for tapping with an HSSE insert?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn mild steel S235: 10–15 m\/min. On AISI 304 stainless steel: 3–6 m\/min with abundant cutting fluid. On aluminum: 15–25 m\/min. Peripheral speed is calculated: n (rpm) = (v × 1000) \/ (π × d). Always use cutting fluid — HSSE inserts resist heat but wear out more quickly without lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714926940488,"sku":"44-10301","price":9.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M5-44-10301-extra-big-16118.jpg?v=1750278718"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m6-44-10302","title":"HSSE M6 Cobalt Tapping Insert","description":"\u003cp\u003eHSSE M6 Cobalt Tapping Insert — for threading on steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. Made in Austria, in the Krollit catalog since 2007 as an official Bernardo distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTap diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e M6 (Ø 6 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric thread pitch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSSE (High-Speed Steel with Cobalt)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo TM and STG series threading machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkable Materials and Limitations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel S235\/S275\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard speed, no problems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel AISI 304\/316\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduce speed by 50%, abundant coolant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum and alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum speed, specific aluminum oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry cutting or with compressed air\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteels over 1,000 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequire specific carbide inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric thread pitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSSE (High-Speed Steel Cobalt)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. material resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is an HSSE insert and how does it differ from standard HSS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSSE (High-Speed Steel with Cobalt) is high-speed steel with added cobalt (5–8%). Cobalt increases hot hardness and wear resistance: HSSE inserts better withstand the temperatures generated by tapping tough materials such as AISI 304 stainless steel, chrome-molybdenum steels, and hard cast irons. On mild steel and aluminum, the difference compared to standard HSS is minimal; on stainless steel and hard materials, the tool life can be 3–5 times longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this insert compatible with my Bernardo threading machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo HSSE inserts are compatible with TM and STG series threading machines. Check your machine's spindle connection (GT 12 or GT 24) before purchase. For compatibility confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the correct speed for tapping with an HSSE insert?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn mild steel S235: 10–15 m\/min. On AISI 304 stainless steel: 3–6 m\/min with abundant coolant. On aluminum: 15–25 m\/min. The peripheral speed is calculated as: n (rpm) = (v × 1000) \/ (π × d). Always use coolant — HSSE inserts are heat-resistant but wear faster without lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714927169864,"sku":"44-10302","price":11.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M6-44-10302-extra-big-16120.jpg?v=1750278739"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m8-44-10303","title":"HSSE M8 Cobalt Tapping Insert","description":"\u003cp\u003eHSSE M8 Cobalt Tapping Insert — for threading steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit — official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTap diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e M8 (Ø 8 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric thread pitch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSSE (high-speed steel with cobalt)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo TM and STG series tapping machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkable materials and limits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel S235\/S275\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard speed, no problems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel AISI 304\/316\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduce speed by 50%, abundant coolant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum and alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum speed, specific aluminum oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry cutting or with compressed air\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteels over 1,000 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequire specific carbide inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric thread pitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSSE (high-speed cobalt steel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. material resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is an HSSE insert and how does it differ from standard HSS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSSE (High Speed Steel with Cobalt) is high-speed steel with added cobalt (5–8%). Cobalt increases hot hardness and wear resistance: HSSE inserts better withstand the temperatures generated by tapping tough materials such as AISI 304 stainless steel, chrome-molybdenum steels, and hard cast irons. On mild steel and aluminum, the difference compared to standard HSS is minimal; on stainless steel and hard materials, the lifespan can be 3–5 times longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this insert compatible with my Bernardo tapping machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo HSSE inserts are compatible with TM and STG series tapping machines. Verify the spindle attachment of your machine (GT 12 or GT 24) before purchasing. For compatibility confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the correct speed for tapping with an HSSE insert?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn mild steel S235: 10–15 m\/min. On AISI 304 stainless steel: 3–6 m\/min with abundant coolant. On aluminum: 15–25 m\/min. Peripheral speed is calculated as: n (rpm) = (v × 1000) \/ (π × d). Always use coolant — HSSE inserts are heat resistant but wear out faster without lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714928841032,"sku":"44-10303","price":14.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M8-44-10303-extra-big-16121.jpg?v=1750278761"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-19-mm-gt-12-din-371-m10-10-x-8-01-14465","title":"Accessory for machine tool Bernardo Quick-change chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M10 (10 x 8)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Quick Change Tapping Chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M10 (10 x 8) is a machine tool accessory for professional use available at Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccording to DIN 371\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and easy tap insert replacement without tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance-free version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Quick Change Tapping Chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M10 (10 x 8) and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the Quick Change Tapping Chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M10 (10 x 8) as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Quick Change Tapping Chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M10 (10 x 8) is part of Bernardo's range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Quick Change Tapping Chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M10 (10 x 8) for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Quick Change Tapping Chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M10 (10 x 8) is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special processes or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchasing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories may compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor accessories not in stock, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715142062408,"sku":"01-14465","price":32.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-19-mm-GT-12-DIN-371-M10-10-x-8-01-extra-big-13917.jpg?v=1750281403"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-19-mm-gt-12-din-371-m12-9-x-7-01-14467","title":"Accessory for machine tool Bernardo Quick-change chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M12 (9 x 7)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo quick-change chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M12 (9 x 7) is a machine tool accessory for professional use available at Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccording to DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and easy tap insert replacement without tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance-free version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 19 mm GT 12 quick-change chuck, DIN 371, M12 (9 x 7) and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine install the 19 mm GT 12 quick-change chuck, DIN 371, M12 (9 x 7) as an original accessory to extend functionality or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 19 mm GT 12 quick-change chuck, DIN 371, M12 (9 x 7) is part of the Bernardo machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 19 mm GT 12 quick-change chuck, DIN 371, M12 (9 x 7) for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 19 mm GT 12 quick-change chuck, DIN 371, M12 (9 x 7) is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionality of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special processes or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715142914376,"sku":"01-14467","price":31.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-19-mm-GT-12-DIN-371-M12-9-x-7-01-extra-big-13925.jpg?v=1750281424"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-19-mm-gt-12-din-371-m3-35-x-27-01-1446","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool Quick-change chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M3 (3.5 x 2.7)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Quick Change Tapping Chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M3 (3.5 x 2.7) is a machine tool accessory for professional use available at Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccording to DIN 371\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and easy tap insert replacement without tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance-free version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Quick Change Tapping Chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M3 (3.5 x 2.7) and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the Quick Change Tapping Chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M3 (3.5 x 2.7) as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Quick Change Tapping Chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M3 (3.5 x 2.7) is part of the Bernardo machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Quick Change Tapping Chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M3 (3.5 x 2.7) for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Quick Change Tapping Chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M3 (3.5 x 2.7) is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in the catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be self-assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes for simple accessories; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715143635272,"sku":"01-1446","price":31.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-19-mm-GT-12-DIN-371-M3-3-5-x-2-7-extra-big-13927.jpg?v=1750281447"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-19-mm-gt-12-din-371-m4-45-x-34-01-14460","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool GT 12 quick-action drill chuck","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo GT 12 quick-change chuck is a professional machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard: DIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody diameter: 19 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnection: GT 12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThread size: M4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 4.5 x 3.4 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety clutch: Adjustable, integrated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GT 12 quick-change chuck and for what purpose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the GT 12 quick-change chuck as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo GT 12 quick-change chuck is part of Bernardo's range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the GT 12 quick-change chuck for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GT 12 quick-change chuck is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGT 12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5 x 3.4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety clutch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable, integrated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintenance-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf in doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715144880456,"sku":"01-14460","price":26.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino_rapido_Bernardo_GT_12_19_mm_DIN_371_M4_con_frizione_di_sicurezza.jpg?v=1762532210"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-19-mm-gt-12-din-371-m5-6-6-x-49-01-14461","title":"Machine Tool Accessory Bernardo Quick Change Chuck 19 mm GT12 DIN 371 M5-6","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo Quick Change Chuck 19 mm GT12 DIN 371 M5-6 is a machine tool accessory for professional use available at Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard: DIN 371\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShank: GT 12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible sizes: M5–6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 19 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety: Adjustable safety clutch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupported hole types: Through and blind holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Quick Change Chuck 19 mm GT12 DIN 371 M5-6 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine install the Quick Change Chuck 19 mm GT12 DIN 371 M5-6 as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Quick Change Chuck 19 mm GT12 DIN 371 M5-6 is part of the Bernardo machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer assistance in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Quick Change Chuck 19 mm GT12 DIN 371 M5-6 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe quick change chuck 19 mm gt12 din 371 m5-6 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special processing or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchasing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 371\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGT 12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM5–6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable safety clutch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupported hole types\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThrough and blind holes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChanging system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-free Quick Change\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in the catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be installed independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715145273672,"sku":"01-14461","price":26.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino_Bernardo_Quick_Change_19_mm_GT_12_con_frizione_di_sicurezza.jpg?v=1764240970"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-19-mm-gt-12-din-371-m8-8-x-62-01-14463","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool, 19 mm quick-change chuck GT 12, DIN 371, M8 (8 x 6.2)","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo Quick-change chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M8 (8 x 6.2) is a machine tool accessory for professional use available on Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccording to DIN 371\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and easy tool-free tapping insert replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance-free version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Quick-change chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M8 (8 x 6.2) and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the Quick-change chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M8 (8 x 6.2) as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Quick-change chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M8 (8 x 6.2) is part of the Bernardo machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Quick-change chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M8 (8 x 6.2) for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe quick-change chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 371, M8 (8 x 6.2) is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in the catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be installed independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty lapses if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715145437512,"sku":"01-14463","price":32.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-19-mm-GT-12-DIN-371-M8-8-x-6-2-01-extra-big-13918.jpg?v=1750281512"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-19-mm-gt-12-din-376-m16-12-x-9-01-14470","title":"Accessory for machine tool Bernardo Quick-change chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 376, M16 (12 x 9)","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo Quick-change Chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 376, M16 (12 x 9) is a professional machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccording to DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and easy tool-free tapping insert replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance-free version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Quick-change Chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 376, M16 (12 x 9) and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the Quick-change Chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 376, M16 (12 x 9) as an original accessory to extend its functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Quick-change Chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 376, M16 (12 x 9) is part of the Bernardo range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Quick-change Chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 376, M16 (12 x 9) for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Quick-change Chuck 19 mm GT 12, DIN 376, M16 (12 x 9) is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special processing or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only provides original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf in doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, lead times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715145929032,"sku":"01-14470","price":30.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-19-mm-GT-12-DIN-376-M16-12-x-9-01-extra-big-13915.jpg?v=1750281532"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-gt-24-din-376-m10-7-x-55-01-14466","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool Quick-change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M10 (7 x 5.5)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 31 mm GT 24 Quick-Change Chuck, DIN 376, M10 (7 x 5.5) is a professional machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccording to DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple and quick tool-free tap insert replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance-free version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 31 mm GT 24 Quick-Change Chuck, DIN 376, M10 (7 x 5.5) and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the 31 mm GT 24 Quick-Change Chuck, DIN 376, M10 (7 x 5.5) as an original accessory to extend its functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 31 mm GT 24 Quick-Change Chuck, DIN 376, M10 (7 x 5.5) is part of the Bernardo machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 31 mm GT 24 Quick-Change Chuck, DIN 376, M10 (7 x 5.5) for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 31 mm GT 24 Quick-Change Chuck, DIN 376, M10 (7 x 5.5) is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease check the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have any doubts about compatibility, please contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, sourcing times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Please check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibration, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, please contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715146092872,"sku":"01-14466","price":47.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-GT-24-DIN-376-M10-7-x-5-5-0-extra-big-13926.jpg?v=1750281554"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-gt-24-din-376-m12-9-x-7-01-14468","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool Quick-change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M12 (9 x 7)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo quick-change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M12 (9 x 7) is a machine tool accessory for professional use available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccording to DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and easy tool-free tapping insert replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance-free version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 31 mm GT 24 quick-change chuck, DIN 376, M12 (9 x 7) and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the 31 mm GT 24 quick-change chuck, DIN 376, M12 (9 x 7) as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo quick-change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M12 (9 x 7) is part of the Bernardo machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the machine suitable for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 31 mm GT 24 quick-change chuck, DIN 376, M12 (9 x 7) for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 31 mm GT 24 quick-change chuck, DIN 376, M12 (9 x 7) is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use components certified by the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, lead times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Verify availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715146125640,"sku":"01-14468","price":47.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-GT-24-DIN-376-M12-9-x-7-01-extra-big-13924.jpg?v=1750281574"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-gt-24-din-376-m14-11-x-9-01-14477","title":"Accessory for machine tool Bernardo Quick-change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M14 (11 x 9)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 31 mm GT 24 quick-change tapping chuck, DIN 376, M14 (11 x 9) is a professional machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccording to DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and easy tap insert replacement without tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance-free version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 31 mm GT 24 quick-change tapping chuck, DIN 376, M14 (11 x 9) and what for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the 31 mm GT 24 quick-change tapping chuck, DIN 376, M14 (11 x 9) as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 31 mm GT 24 quick-change tapping chuck, DIN 376, M14 (11 x 9) is part of the Bernardo range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 31 mm GT 24 quick-change tapping chuck, DIN 376, M14 (11 x 9) for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 31 mm GT 24 quick-change tapping chuck, DIN 376, M14 (11 x 9) is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be mounted independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715146715464,"sku":"01-14477","price":47.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-GT-24-DIN-376-M14-11-x-9-01-extra-big-13912.jpg?v=1750281597"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-gt-24-din-376-m16-12-x-9-01-14471","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool Quick-change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M16 (12 x 9)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Quick Change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M16 (12 x 9) is a professional machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccording to DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and easy tap insert replacement without tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance-free version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Quick Change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M16 (12 x 9) and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the Quick Change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M16 (12 x 9) as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Quick Change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M16 (12 x 9) is part of Bernardo's range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Italian customer support available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Quick Change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M16 (12 x 9) for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe quick change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M16 (12 x 9) is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in the catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer service providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories may compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, sourcing times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715146977608,"sku":"01-14471","price":40.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-GT-24-DIN-376-M16-12-x-9-01-extra-big-16110.jpg?v=1750281618"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-gt-24-din-376-m18-14-x-11-01-14472","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool Quick-change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M18 (14 x 11)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Quick-Change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M18 (14 x 11) is a machine tool accessory for professional use available on Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccording to DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and easy tool-free tap insert replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance-free version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Quick-Change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M18 (14 x 11) and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the Quick-Change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M18 (14 x 11) as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Quick-Change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M18 (14 x 11) is part of Bernardo's range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Quick-Change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M18 (14 x 11) for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Quick-Change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M18 (14 x 11) is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special machining or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be installed independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes for simple accessories; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, a qualified technician's intervention is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715147272520,"sku":"01-14472","price":44.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-GT-24-DIN-376-M18-14-x-11-0-extra-big-13914.jpg?v=1750281640"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-gt-24-din-376-m20-16-x-12-01-14473","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool Quick-change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M20 (16 x 12)","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo Quick-change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M20 (16 x 12) is a machine tool accessory for professional use available on Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccording to DIN 371\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and easy tap insert replacement without tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance-free version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Quick-change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M20 (16 x 12) and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine install the Quick-change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M20 (16 x 12) as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Quick-change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M20 (16 x 12) fits into the range of Bernardo machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer service in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Quick-change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M20 (16 x 12) for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Quick-change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M20 (16 x 12) is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor accessories not in stock, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715147993416,"sku":"01-14473","price":43.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-GT-24-DIN-376-M20-16-x-12-0-extra-big-16114.jpg?v=1750281661"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-gt-24-din-376-m22-24-18-x-145-01-14474","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool Quick change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M22-24 (18 x 14.5)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M22-24 (18 x 14.5) quick-change chuck is a professional-use machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccording to DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and easy tool-free tapping insert replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance-free version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M22-24 (18 x 14.5) quick-change chuck and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M22-24 (18 x 14.5) quick-change chuck as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M22-24 (18 x 14.5) quick-change chuck is part of Bernardo's range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M22-24 (18 x 14.5) quick-change chuck for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M22-24 (18 x 14.5) quick-change chuck is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be installed independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, intervention by a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715149402440,"sku":"01-14474","price":43.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-GT-24-DIN-376-M22-24-18-x-1-extra-big-16116-246.jpg?v=1750281684"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-gt-24-din-376-m27-20-x-16-01-14475","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool Quick-change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M27 (20 x 16)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo quick-change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M27 (20 x 16) is a machine tool accessory for professional use, available from Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccording to DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and easy tap insert replacement without tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance-free version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 31 mm GT 24 quick-change chuck, DIN 376, M27 (20 x 16) and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the 31 mm GT 24 quick-change chuck, DIN 376, M27 (20 x 16) as an original accessory to extend its functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 31 mm GT 24 quick-change chuck, DIN 376, M27 (20 x 16) is part of the Bernardo machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 31 mm GT 24 quick-change chuck, DIN 376, M27 (20 x 16) for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 31 mm GT 24 quick-change chuck, DIN 376, M27 (20 x 16) is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf in doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715153301832,"sku":"01-14475","price":44.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-GT-24-DIN-376-M27-20-x-16-0-extra-big-13913.jpg?v=1750281705"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-gt-24-din-376-m30-22-x-18-01-14476","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool Quick-change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M30 (22 x 18)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 31 mm GT 24 quick-change chuck, DIN 376, M30 (22 x 18) is a professional machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccording to DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple and quick tool-free tap insert replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance-free version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 31 mm GT 24 quick-change chuck, DIN 376, M30 (22 x 18) and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine install the 31 mm GT 24 quick-change chuck, DIN 376, M30 (22 x 18) as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 31 mm GT 24 quick-change chuck, DIN 376, M30 (22 x 18) is part of Bernardo's range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 31 mm GT 24 quick-change chuck, DIN 376, M30 (22 x 18) for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 31 mm GT 24 quick-change chuck, DIN 376, M30 (22 x 18) is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special machining or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchasing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf in doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use components certified by the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be installed independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibration, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715157463368,"sku":"01-14476","price":44.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-GT-24-DIN-376-M30-22-x-18-0-extra-big-13923.jpg?v=1750281726"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-gt-24-din-376-m36-28-x-22-01-14478","title":"Accessory for machine tool Bernardo Quick change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M36 (28 x 22)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Quick-Change Tapping Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M36 (28 x 22) is a professional machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccording to DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and easy tap insert replacement without tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance-free version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Quick-Change Tapping Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M36 (28 x 22) and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the Quick-Change Tapping Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M36 (28 x 22) as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Quick-Change Tapping Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M36 (28 x 22) fits into Bernardo's range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Quick-Change Tapping Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M36 (28 x 22) for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M36 (28 x 22) quick-change tapping chuck is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715161559368,"sku":"01-14478","price":42.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-GT-24-DIN-376-M36-28-x-22-0-extra-big-13911.jpg?v=1750281748"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-gt-24-din-376-m5-6-45-x-34-01-14462","title":"Accessory for machine tool Bernardo Quick-change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M5-6 (4.5 x 3.4)","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo Quick-change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M5-6 (4.5 x 3.4) is a machine tool accessory for professional use, available from Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccording to DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and easy tap insert replacement without tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance-free version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Quick-change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M5-6 (4.5 x 3.4) and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the Quick-change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M5-6 (4.5 x 3.4) as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Quick-change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M5-6 (4.5 x 3.4) fits into the range of Bernardo machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer service for selection support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Quick-change chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M5-6 (4.5 x 3.4) for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M5-6 (4.5 x 3.4) quick-change chuck is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf in doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer service providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be installed independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715165524296,"sku":"01-14462","price":44.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-GT-24-DIN-376-M5-6-4-5-x-3-extra-big-16108-429.jpg?v=1750281771"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-gt-24-din-376-m8-6-x-49-01-14464","title":"Bernardo Machine Tool Accessory Quick-change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M8 (6 x 4.9)","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo Quick-Change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M8 (6 x 4.9) is a machine tool accessory for professional use available at Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccording to DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and easy tool-free tap insert replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance-free version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Quick-Change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M8 (6 x 4.9) and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine install the Quick-Change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M8 (6 x 4.9) as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Quick-Change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M8 (6 x 4.9) is part of the Bernardo machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Quick-Change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M8 (6 x 4.9) for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Quick-Change Chuck 31 mm GT 24, DIN 376, M8 (6 x 4.9) is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is always recommended to use components certified by the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibration, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715172438344,"sku":"01-14464","price":44.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino-a-sostituzione-rapida-31-mm-GT-24-DIN-376-M8-6-x-4-9-01-extra-big-16109.jpg?v=1750281792"},{"product_id":"mandrino-sostitutivo-30-mm-per-t-500-pf","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool, chuck Ø 30 mm for T 500 PF","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo spindle Ø 30 mm for T 500 PF is a professional machine tool accessory available from Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: T 500 PF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShaft diameter: 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Hardened and ground steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Austria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Ø 30 mm spindle for T 500 PF and what for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine install the Ø 30 mm spindle for T 500 PF as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Ø 30 mm spindle for T 500 PF is part of the Bernardo machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Ø 30 mm spindle for T 500 PF for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ø 30 mm spindle for T 500 PF is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor accessories not in stock, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be self-assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715192590664,"sku":"09-1253C","price":61.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_mandrino_30_mm_per_fresatrice_T_500_PF.jpg?v=1762768733"},{"product_id":"mandrino-sostitutivo-per-fresa-con-codolo-6-8-12-mm-per-t-500-pf","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool Replacement spindle for milling cutter with 6, 8, 12 mm shank for T 500 PF","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo replacement spindle for router with shank 6, 8, 12 mm for T 500 PF is an accessory for professional machine tools available at Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine compatibility: T 500 PF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShank diameters: 6 mm, 8 mm, 12 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the replacement spindle for router with shank 6, 8, 12 mm for T 500 PF and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine install the replacement spindle for router with shank 6, 8, 12 mm for T 500 PF as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo replacement spindle for router with shank 6, 8, 12 mm for T 500 PF is part of Bernardo's range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation and verification of compatibility with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the replacement spindle for router with shank 6, 8, 12 mm for T 500 PF for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe replacement spindle for router with shank 6, 8, 12 mm for T 500 PF is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only provides original accessories for the machines in the catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be self-assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715192983880,"sku":"09-1253D","price":64.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino_intercambiabile_per_frese_codolo_6_12_mm_T_500_PF.jpg?v=1751010377"},{"product_id":"piedini-regolabili-160-x-12-24-x-30-mm","title":"Bernardo adjustable grooving head 160 x 12–24 x 30 mm with ring","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo adjustable grooving cutter 160 x 12–24 x 30 mm with ring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo adjustable grooving cutter 160 x 12–24 x 30 mm with stop ring\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional tool designed for the \u003cstrong\u003eprecise routing of thick grooves and joints\u003c\/strong\u003e in solid wood and panels.\u003cbr\u003eThe continuous adjustment from \u003cstrong\u003e12 to 24 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e allows you to adapt the depth and width of the groove to your needs, making this head extremely versatile.\u003cbr\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003ebalanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/strong\u003e and equipped with \u003cstrong\u003ereversible carbide (HW) knives\u003c\/strong\u003e, it guarantees precise cuts, a perfect finish, and long life. Compatible with \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo spindle moulders and vertical routers\u003c\/strong\u003e with a 30 mm spindle bore, it is suitable for carpenters and professionals who require \u003cstrong\u003eflexibility and precision\u003c\/strong\u003e in woodworking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMain specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo\u003c\/strong\u003e adjustable head for deep grooves and joints\u003cbr\u003e Continuous adjustment from \u003cstrong\u003e12 to 24 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e for wide flexibility\u003cbr\u003e Body made of \u003cstrong\u003ebalanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Equipped with \u003cstrong\u003ereversible carbide (HW) knives\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Diameter 160 mm, spindle bore 30 mm\u003cbr\u003e Includes \u003cstrong\u003estop ring\u003c\/strong\u003e for guided operations\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo\u003c\/strong\u003e spindle moulders and vertical routers\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for solid wood, panels, and precision joints\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable grooving cutter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCutting thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 – 24 mm (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBore (spindle)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKnives\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReversible carbide (HW)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBody material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded accessories\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStop ring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRouting of grooves and joints in wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e 1x Bernardo adjustable grooving cutter 160 x 12–24 x 30 mm\u003cbr\u003e 1x Stop ring\u003cbr\u003e Reversible knives fitted\u003cbr\u003e Protective packaging\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is an adjustable grooving cutter and on which machine is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Ø 160 mm adjustable grooving cutter is a tool for spindle moulders (standard Ø 30 mm spindle) designed for making calibrated grooves in solid wood and panels. Unlike single shank cutters, this tool has an adjustable groove width from 12–24 mm — allowing you to adapt the groove width without changing tools, reducing setup times. Used to create tongue and groove joints, panel seats, dados, and fastening profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the groove width adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjustment is made via the lateral expansion system: the two halves of the tool move, bringing the lateral cutting blades closer or further apart. The adjustment is graduated — check the millimeter scale engraved on the tool. For precision grooves, always perform a test pass on scrap material and measure the actual width before proceeding with the final piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does it work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolid wood (hard and soft), chipboard panels, MDF, plywood. Not suitable for metals — the inserts are optimized for wood. On MDF and melamine-coated panels, reduce the feed rate to avoid fraying the edge of the groove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle speed should be used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Ø 160 mm grooving cutters: 3,000–6,000 rpm on solid wood. On MDF: 4,000–8,000 rpm with reduced feed rate. The optimal peripheral speed is 40–60 m\/s — do not exceed the maximum speed indicated on the tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts (blades\/inserts) available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715409776968,"sku":"16-2323","price":300.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_testa_regolabile_per_scanalature_160_x_12_24_x_30_mm_con_anello_di_battuta.png?v=1762768235"},{"product_id":"portapunta-42-11-per-tipo-di-cerniera-erba","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool Drilling head 42\/11 for Grass type hinges","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 42\/11 Drilling Head for Grass type hinges is an accessory for professional machine tools available at Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of spindles: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHole spacing: 42 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain hole diameter: 11 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: High-precision steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Professional drills and drilling machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Austria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 42\/11 Drilling Head for Grass type hinges and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the 42\/11 Drilling Head for Grass type hinges as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 42\/11 Drilling Head for Grass type hinges is part of Bernardo's range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 42\/11 Drilling Head for Grass type hinges for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 42\/11 drilling head for grass type hinges is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of spindles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHole spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain hole diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-precision steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional drills and drilling machines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Please check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be self-assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for simple accessories; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty requests, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715435499848,"sku":"14-1110","price":555.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Testa_di_foratura_42_11_per_cerniere_tipo_Grass.jpg?v=1762353483"},{"product_id":"portapunta-45-95-per-tipo-di-cerniera-fiore","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool Drilling head 45\/9.5 for Blum type hinges","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 45\/9.5 drilling head for Blum-type hinges is a machine tool accessory for professional use available at Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of spindles: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHole spacing: 45 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain hole diameter: 9.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Professional drills and drilling machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Precision steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Austria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 45\/9.5 drilling head for Blum-type hinges and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the 45\/9.5 drilling head for Blum-type hinges as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 45\/9.5 drilling head for Blum-type hinges is part of Bernardo's range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 45\/9.5 drilling head for Blum-type hinges for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 45\/9.5 drilling head for Blum-type hinges is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special processing or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of spindles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHole spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain hole diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional drills and drilling machines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the title or description for the indicated machine model. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer service providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, lead times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715435598152,"sku":"14-1112","price":600.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Testa_di_foratura_45_9_5_per_cerniere_tipo_Blum.jpg?v=1762354110"},{"product_id":"portapunta-da-43-mm-per-maniglie-finestra-con-supporto-per-mortasatrici","title":"Bernardo Drill Head 43 mm for Window Handle","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 43 mm Window Handle Drilling Head is a professional-grade machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHole spacing: 43 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: High-strength precision steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Bernardo drills, drilling machines, and bench machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Austria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 43 mm Window Handle Drilling Head and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the 43 mm Window Handle Drilling Head as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 43 mm Window Handle Drilling Head is part of the Bernardo machine tool accessory range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 43 mm Window Handle Drilling Head for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 43 mm window handle drilling head is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, lead times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be self-assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715436286280,"sku":"14-1104","price":573.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Portapunta-da-43-mm-per-maniglie-finestra-con-supporto-per-mortasatrici.jpg?v=1750287121"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/collections\/lift-image_70bf6e6f-4d14-4c3f-b112-a69207829af1.webp?v=1779386598","url":"https:\/\/www.krollit.com\/collections\/forare-e-fresare.oembed?page=2","provider":"Krollit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}